blob: e7cd1bcb436dff45feb2be387eaee30323cc15ae [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denk1234ce72013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denk1234ce72013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenkce4832c2004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD48e910f2013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Day974ed2f2012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser8804a612008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschin08337f32008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000110
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
113
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000114
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamadaef6ebff2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmannd9a9d562011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denk16fa98a2010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Masahiro Yamadaef6ebff2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
187 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
188 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500189 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
190 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
191 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
192 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
193 /lib Architecture specific library files
194 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
195 /cpu CPU specific files
196 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
197 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
198 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
199 /lib Architecture specific library files
200 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
201 /cpu CPU specific files
202 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
203 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400205 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500208/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
209/board Board dependent files
210/common Misc architecture independent functions
211/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
212/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
213/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400214/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500215/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
216/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
217/include Header Files
218/lib Files generic to all architectures
219 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
220 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
221 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
222/net Networking code
223/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400224/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500225/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000226
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000227Software Configuration:
228=======================
229
230Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
231rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
232
233There are two classes of configuration variables:
234
235* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
236 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
237 "CONFIG_".
238
239* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
240 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
241 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200242 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000243
244Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
245identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
246do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
247links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
248as an example here.
249
250
251Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
252---------------------------------------------------
253
254For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200255configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000256
257Example: For a TQM823L module type:
258
259 cd u-boot
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200260 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000261
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200262For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200263e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000264directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
265
266
Simon Glass53552c92014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600267Sandbox Environment:
268--------------------
269
270U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
271board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
272specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
273run some of U-Boot's tests.
274
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki287314f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530275See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass53552c92014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600276
277
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000278Configuration Options:
279----------------------
280
281Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
282such information is kept in a configuration file
283"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
284
285Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
286"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
287
288
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000289Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
290kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
291build a config tool - later.
292
293
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000294The following options need to be configured:
295
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500296- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000297
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500298- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk994ad962006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200299
300- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen9d5a43f2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100301 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000302
303- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
304 Define exactly one of
305 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
306--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
307 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
308 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
309
310- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define exactly one of
312 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
313
314- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_CMA302
317
318- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
319 Define one or more of
320 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200321 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
323
Lei Wen20014762011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530324- Marvell Family Member
325 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
326 multiple fs option at one time
327 for marvell soc family
328
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000329- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000330 Define exactly one of
331 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000332
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200333- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000334 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
335 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000336 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
337 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
339 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000340
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000341- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200342 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
343 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000344 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000345 See doc/README.MPC866
346
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200347 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000348
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000349 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
350 of relying on the correctness of the configured
351 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
352 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
353 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200354 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000355
Heiko Schocher734f0272009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100356 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
357
358 Define this option if you want to enable the
359 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
360
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600361- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sun2394a0f2012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000362 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
363
364 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
365 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
366 compliance, among other possible reasons.
367
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600368 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
369
370 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
371 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
372 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
373
Kumar Gala179b1b22011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500374 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
375
376 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
377 tree nodes for the given platform.
378
Prabhakar Kushwahaa6a30622012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000379 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
380
381 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
382 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
383 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
384 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
385 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
386 purpose.
387
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
389
390 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
391 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
392 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
393
394 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
395 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
396
397 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
398 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
399
400 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
401 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
402 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
403 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
404
405 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
406 this erratum.
407
Prabhakar Kushwahad324f472013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530408 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
409 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
410 requred during NOR boot.
411
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000412 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
413
414 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
415 according to the A004510 workaround.
416
Priyanka Jainc73b9032013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530417 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
418 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
419 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
420
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530421 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
422 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
423 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
424
Priyanka Jainc73b9032013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
426 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
427 connected to the DSP core.
428
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530429 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
430 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
431
Priyanka Jaine9dcaa82013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530432 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
433 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
434 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
435 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
436
Aneesh Bansal8bcbc272014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530437 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
438 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
439 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
440
Tang Yuantiana7364af2014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800441 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
442 Inidcates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
443 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
444
Daniel Schwierzeckd8a49ca2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000445- Generic CPU options:
York Sun021d2022014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700446 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
447 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
448 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
449 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
450 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
451
Daniel Schwierzeckd8a49ca2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000452 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
453
454 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
455 values is arch specific.
456
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
458 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
459 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
460 SoCs.
461
462 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
463 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
464
465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
466 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
467 deskew training are not available.
468
469 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
470 Freescale DDR1 controller.
471
472 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
473 Freescale DDR2 controller.
474
475 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
476 Freescale DDR3 controller.
477
York Sun2896cb72014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700478 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
479 Freescale DDR4 controller.
480
York Sun461c9392013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700481 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
482 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
483
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
485 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
486 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
487 implemetation.
488
489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
490 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
491 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
492 implementation.
493
494 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
495 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun2896cb72014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700496 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
497
498 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
499 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
500 DDR3L controllers.
501
502 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
503 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
504 DDR4 controllers.
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700505
Prabhakar Kushwaha62908c22014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530506 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
507 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
508
509 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
510 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
511
Prabhakar Kushwaha950f2f72014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530512 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
513 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
514 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
515
516 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
517 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
518 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
519 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
520
Prabhakar Kushwaha2c27f122014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530521 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
522 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
523 concatenated with u-boot binary.
524
York Sun29647ab2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800525 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
526 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
527
528 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
529 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
530
York Sun3a0916d2014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800531 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
532 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
533 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
534 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
535
York Sunc459ae62014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
537 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
538 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
539 SoCs with ARM core.
540
York Sun79a779b2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700541 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
542 Number of controllers used as main memory.
543
544 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
545 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
546
Ruchika Guptabb7143b2014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530547 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
548 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
549
550 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
551 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
552
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100553- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200554 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100555
556 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
557 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
558 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
559
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200560 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200561
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100562 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
563 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200564 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100565 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200566
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200567- MIPS CPU options:
568 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
569
570 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
571 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
572 relocation.
573
574 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
575
576 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
577 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
578 Possible values are:
579 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
580 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
581 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
582 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
583 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
584 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
585 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
586 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
587
588 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
589
590 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
591 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
592
593 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
594
595 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
596 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
597 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
598
Christian Riesch48c2d6d2012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000599- ARM options:
600 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
601
602 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
603 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
604
Aneesh Vb8e40802012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000605 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
606
607 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
608 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
609 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
610 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
611 GCC.
612
Stephen Warrenc63c3502013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000613 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warrene9d59c92013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000614 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
615 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
616 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Garg7f17aed2014-04-02 08:55:01 -0500617 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Nitin Garg245defa2014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500618 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Stephen Warrene9d59c92013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000619
620 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
621 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
622 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
623 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
624 set these options unless they apply!
625
Simon Glass9fa901b2014-11-10 17:16:54 -0700626- Driver Model
627 Driver model is a new framework for devices in U-Boot
628 introduced in early 2014. U-Boot is being progressively
629 moved over to this. It offers a consistent device structure,
630 supports grouping devices into classes and has built-in
631 handling of platform data and device tree.
632
633 To enable transition to driver model in a relatively
634 painful fashion, each subsystem can be independently
635 switched between the legacy/ad-hoc approach and the new
636 driver model using the options below. Also, many uclass
637 interfaces include compatibility features which may be
638 removed once the conversion of that subsystem is complete.
639 As a result, the API provided by the subsystem may in fact
640 not change with driver model.
641
642 See doc/driver-model/README.txt for more information.
643
644 CONFIG_DM
645
646 Enable driver model. This brings in the core support,
647 including scanning of platform data on start-up. If
648 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is enabled, the device tree will be
649 scanned also when available.
650
651 CONFIG_CMD_DM
652
653 Enable driver model test commands. These allow you to print
654 out the driver model tree and the uclasses.
655
656 CONFIG_DM_DEMO
657
658 Enable some demo devices and the 'demo' command. These are
659 really only useful for playing around while trying to
660 understand driver model in sandbox.
661
662 CONFIG_SPL_DM
663
664 Enable driver model in SPL. You will need to provide a
665 suitable malloc() implementation. If you are not using the
666 full malloc() enabled by CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START,
667 consider using CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE. In that case you
668 must provide CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to set the size.
669 In most cases driver model will only allocate a few uclasses
670 and devices in SPL, so 1KB should be enable. See
671 CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN for more details on how to enable
672 it.
673
674 CONFIG_DM_SERIAL
675
676 Enable driver model for serial. This replaces
677 drivers/serial/serial.c with the serial uclass, which
678 implements serial_putc() etc. The uclass interface is
679 defined in include/serial.h.
680
681 CONFIG_DM_GPIO
682
683 Enable driver model for GPIO access. The standard GPIO
684 interface (gpio_get_value(), etc.) is then implemented by
685 the GPIO uclass. Drivers provide methods to query the
686 particular GPIOs that they provide. The uclass interface
687 is defined in include/asm-generic/gpio.h.
688
689 CONFIG_DM_SPI
690
691 Enable driver model for SPI. The SPI slave interface
692 (spi_setup_slave(), spi_xfer(), etc.) is then implemented by
693 the SPI uclass. Drivers provide methods to access the SPI
694 buses that they control. The uclass interface is defined in
695 include/spi.h. The existing spi_slave structure is attached
696 as 'parent data' to every slave on each bus. Slaves
697 typically use driver-private data instead of extending the
698 spi_slave structure.
699
700 CONFIG_DM_SPI_FLASH
701
702 Enable driver model for SPI flash. This SPI flash interface
703 (spi_flash_probe(), spi_flash_write(), etc.) is then
704 implemented by the SPI flash uclass. There is one standard
705 SPI flash driver which knows how to probe most chips
706 supported by U-Boot. The uclass interface is defined in
707 include/spi_flash.h, but is currently fully compatible
708 with the old interface to avoid confusion and duplication
709 during the transition parent. SPI and SPI flash must be
710 enabled together (it is not possible to use driver model
711 for one and not the other).
712
713 CONFIG_DM_CROS_EC
714
715 Enable driver model for the Chrome OS EC interface. This
716 allows the cros_ec SPI driver to operate with CONFIG_DM_SPI
717 but otherwise makes few changes. Since cros_ec also supports
718 I2C and LPC (which don't support driver model yet), a full
719 conversion is not yet possible.
720
721
722 ** Code size options: The following options are enabled by
723 default except in SPL. Enable them explicitly to get these
724 features in SPL.
725
726 CONFIG_DM_WARN
727
728 Enable the dm_warn() function. This can use up quite a bit
729 of space for its strings.
730
731 CONFIG_DM_STDIO
732
733 Enable registering a serial device with the stdio library.
734
735 CONFIG_DM_DEVICE_REMOVE
736
737 Enable removing of devices.
738
739
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000740- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000741 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
742
743 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
744 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
745 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
746 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
747 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
748 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
749 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000750 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100751 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000752 default environment.
753
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000754 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
755
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200756 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000757 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
758 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
759
Gerald Van Barenfcd91bb2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400760 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200761
762 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400763 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
764 concepts).
765
766 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
767 * New libfdt-based support
768 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500769 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400770
Marcel Ziswilerb29bc712009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200771 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
772 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
773 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
774 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200775 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galae40c2b52006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600776 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200777
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200778 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
779 addresses
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500780
Kumar Gala1e26aa52006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600781 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
782
783 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
784 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000785
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500786 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
787
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200788 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500789 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
790
Heiko Schocherffb293a2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200791 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
792
793 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
794 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
795 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
796 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
797 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
798 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
799
Igor Grinberg06890672011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000800 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
801
802 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
803 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
804 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
805 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
806 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
807 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
808 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
809
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100810- vxWorks boot parameters:
811
812 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
813 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
814 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
815
816 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
817 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
818 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
819 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
820
821 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
822
823 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
824
825 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
826 the defaults discussed just above.
827
Aneesh V960f5c02011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000828- Cache Configuration:
829 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
830 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
831 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
832
Aneesh V686a0752011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000833- Cache Configuration for ARM:
834 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
835 controller
836 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
837 controller register space
838
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000839- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200840 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000841
842 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
843
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200844 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000845
846 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
847
848 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
849
850 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
851 the clock speed of the UARTs.
852
853 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
854
855 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
856 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
857 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
858
John Rigby34e21ee2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000859 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
860
861 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
862 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
863 this variable to initialize the extra register.
864
865 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
866
867 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
868 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
869 variable to flush the UART at init time.
870
Karicheri, Muralidharancbc08882014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400871 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
872
873 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
874 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000875
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000876- Console Interface:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000877 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
878 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
879 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
880 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000881
882 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
883 port routines must be defined elsewhere
884 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
885
886 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
887 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkf6e50a42011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000888 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000889 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
890 (default big endian)
891 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
892 rectangle fill
893 (cf. smiLynxEM)
894 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
895 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
896 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
897 (cols=pitch)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000898 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
899 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000900 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
901 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000902 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000903 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
904 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
905 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
906 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
907 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
908 (i.e. i8042_getc)
909 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
910 (requires blink timer
911 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200912 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000913 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
914 upper right corner
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500915 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000916 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
917 upper left corner
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000918 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
919 linux_logo.h for logo.
920 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000921 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200922 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000923 the logo
924
Pali Rohár4a57da32012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000925 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
926 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
927 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
928
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000929 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
930 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
931 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000932
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000933 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
934 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
935 the "silent" environment variable. See
936 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenk3da587e2003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000937
Heiko Schocher62759562013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200938 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
939 is 0x00.
940 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
941 is 0xa0.
942
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000943- Console Baudrate:
944 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
945 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200946 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
947 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000948
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100949- Console Rx buffer length
950 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
951 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher362447f2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100952 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100953 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
954 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
955 the SMC.
956
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000957- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200958 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
959 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
960 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
961 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
962 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
963 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
964 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200965 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200966 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000967
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200968 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
969 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000970
Sonny Raocd55bde2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000971- Safe printf() functions
972 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
973 the printf() functions. These are defined in
974 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
975 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
976 If this option is not given then these functions will
977 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
978 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
979
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000980- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
981 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
982 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger96ccaf32012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000983 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
984 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000985
986 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
987 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
988 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
989 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
990 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
991 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
992 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
993 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
994 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
995 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
996 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
997 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
998
999- Autoboot Command:
1000 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
1001 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
1002 define a command string that is automatically executed
1003 when no character is read on the console interface
1004 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
1005
1006 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001007 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
1008 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
1009 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001010
1011 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001012 The value of these goes into the environment as
1013 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
1014 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001015 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001016
Heiko Schocher040c5c32013-11-04 14:04:59 +01001017- Bootcount:
1018 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
1019 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
1020 cycle, see:
1021 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
1022
1023 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
1024 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
1025 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
1026 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
1027 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
1028 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
1029 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
1030 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
1031 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
1032
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001033- Pre-Boot Commands:
1034 CONFIG_PREBOOT
1035
1036 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
1037 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
1038 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
1039 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
1040 entering interactive mode.
1041
1042 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
1043 automatically generated or modified. For an example
1044 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
1045 modified when the user holds down a certain
1046 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
1047 booting the systems
1048
1049- Serial Download Echo Mode:
1050 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
1051 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
1052 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
1053 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
1054 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
1055 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
1056 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
1057
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001058- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001059 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
1060 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001061 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001062
1063- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001064 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
1065 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warren963a7cf2012-08-05 16:07:19 +00001066 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
1067 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001068 and augmenting with additional #define's
1069 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001070
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001071 The default command configuration includes all commands
1072 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001073
Marek Vasutc4d8a1b2014-03-05 19:58:39 +01001074 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001075 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001076 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
1077 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
1078 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
1079 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
1080 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
Tom Rini5ce62cd2014-08-14 06:42:36 -04001081 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001082 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simeka0d28022013-11-21 13:39:02 -08001083 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001084 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger321ab9e2010-12-21 14:19:51 -05001085 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001086 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
1087 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
1088 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tyser15258042008-12-17 16:36:22 -06001089 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
1090 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
1091 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
1092 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001093 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
1094 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser0deafa22009-10-25 15:12:56 -05001095 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001096 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
1097 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger1b0d5512012-12-11 22:16:25 -06001098 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergera2d62b72012-12-11 22:16:33 -06001099 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder94463402013-10-22 19:07:34 -05001100 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001101 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren4f8662d2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001102 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
1103 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren3d5a3882014-01-24 20:46:37 -07001104 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
1105 that work for multiple fs types
Christian Gmeiner9f9eec32014-11-12 14:35:04 +01001106 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
Mike Frysinger78dcaf42009-01-28 19:08:14 -05001107 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001108 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren4f8662d2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001109 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001110 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
1111 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001112 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staafd1390c82012-12-05 14:46:29 +00001113 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysinger2ed02412010-12-26 23:32:22 -05001114 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsf0c9d532011-04-05 07:15:14 +00001115 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glass058bb8d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00001116 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001117 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
1118 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1119 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1120 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar3df41b12012-12-16 22:32:48 +00001121 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001122 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001123 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glass4dc47ca2014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001124 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001125 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershberger0fd32d72012-10-03 11:15:51 +00001126 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001127 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1128 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1129 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1130 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001131 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001132 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1133 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001134 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1135 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001136 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001137 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glasseacd14f2012-11-30 13:01:20 +00001138 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001139 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denk9d009282013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001140 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001141 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001142 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1143 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1144 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roeseb1423dd2009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001145 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001146 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1147 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001148 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001149 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001150 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001151 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1152 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1153 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1154 host
1155 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersc889fb42012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001156 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001157 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1158 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassbf6ce792012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001159 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001160 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1161 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1162 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1163 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1164 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1165 (4xx only)
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001166 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001167 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001168 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liua671b702013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001169 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001170 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001171 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7aa81a42011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001172 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001173 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershberger59f3f522012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001174 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1175 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001176 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001177 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasut71729392012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001178 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001179 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak2eb40ee2014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001180 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001181
1182 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1183 support you can write:
1184
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001185 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1186 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001187
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001188 Other Commands:
1189 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001190
1191 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001192 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001193 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1194 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1195 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1196 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1197 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1198 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001199
1200
1201 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1202
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001203- Regular expression support:
1204 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001205 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1206 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1207 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1208 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001209
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001210- Device tree:
1211 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1212 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1213 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1214 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1215 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1216 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1217
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001218 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1219 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glass38d6b8d2011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001220
1221 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1222 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1223 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1224 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1225 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1226 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001227
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001228 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1229 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1230 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1231 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1232
1233 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1234
1235 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1236 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1237 still use the individual files if you need something more
1238 exotic.
1239
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001240- Watchdog:
1241 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1242 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6aa4d7b2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001243 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1244 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1245 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1246 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1247 available, then no further board specific code should
1248 be needed to use it.
1249
1250 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1251 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1252 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1253 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001254
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001255- U-Boot Version:
1256 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1257 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1258 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1259 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeauce9a1552012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001260 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1261 next reset.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001262
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001263- Real-Time Clock:
1264
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001265 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001266 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1267 following options:
1268
1269 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1270 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam3f8d1782011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001271 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001272 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1fe2c702003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001273 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001274 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk0893c472003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001275 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel90491f22014-07-21 11:06:16 +02001276 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenkef5fe752003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001277 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krillb27939b2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001278 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenkaeba06f2004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001279 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001280 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher1f1b7012011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001281 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1282 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001283
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001284 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1285 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1286
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001287- GPIO Support:
1288 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001289
Chris Packham9b383202010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001290 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1291 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1292 pins supported by a particular chip.
1293
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001294 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1295 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1296
Simon Glass4dc47ca2014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001297- I/O tracing:
1298 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1299 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1300 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1301 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1302 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1303 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1304 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1305 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1306
1307 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1308 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1309 still continue to operate.
1310
1311 iotrace is enabled
1312 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1313 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1314 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1315 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1316 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1317 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1318
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001319- Timestamp Support:
1320
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001321 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1322 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1323 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001324 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001325
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001326- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1327 Zero or more of the following:
1328 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1329 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1330 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1331 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1332 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1333 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1334 disk/part_efi.c
1335 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001336
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001337 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1338 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001339 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001340
1341- IDE Reset method:
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001342 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1343 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001344
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001345 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1346 be performed by calling the function
1347 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1348 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001349
1350- ATAPI Support:
1351 CONFIG_ATAPI
1352
1353 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1354
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001355- LBA48 Support
1356 CONFIG_LBA48
1357
1358 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher0f602e12009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001359 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001360 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1361 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1362
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001363 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001364 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1365 Default is 32bit.
1366
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001367- SCSI Support:
1368 At the moment only there is only support for the
1369 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1370 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1371
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001372 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1373 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1374 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001375 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1376 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001377 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001378
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001379 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1380 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauere50a10e2012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001381
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001382- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001383 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffett64b94dd2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001384 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1385
1386 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1387 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1388 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1389 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1390
1391 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1392 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1393 example with the "sspi" command.
1394
1395 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1396 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1397 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001398
Andre Schwarz68c2a302008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001399 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001400 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarz68c2a302008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001401
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001402 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1403 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001404 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001405 write routine for first time initialisation.
1406
1407 CONFIG_TULIP
1408 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1409 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1410 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1411
1412 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1413 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1414
1415 CONFIG_NS8382X
1416 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1417
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001418- NETWORK Support (other):
1419
Jens Scharsigdab7cb82010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001420 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1421 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1422
1423 CONFIG_RMII
1424 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1425
1426 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1427 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1428 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1429
Rob Herringc9830dc2011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001430 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1431 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1432
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001433 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001434 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1435
1436 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1437 Define this to hold the physical address
1438 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1439
1440 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1441 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1442
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001443 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenk3c711762004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001444 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1445
1446 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1447 Define this to hold the physical address
1448 of the device (I/O space)
1449
1450 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1451 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1452
1453 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1454 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1455 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1456
Heiko Schocher7d037f72011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001457 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1458 Support for davinci emac
1459
1460 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1461 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1462
Macpaul Lin199c6252010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001463 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1464 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1465
1466 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1467 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1468 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1469 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1470 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1471 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1472 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1473 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1474
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001475 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001476 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1477
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001478 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001479 Define this to hold the physical address
1480 of the device (I/O space)
1481
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001482 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001483 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1484
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001485 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001486 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1487 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001488 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001489
Yoshihiro Shimodaed4cea02011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001490 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1491 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1492
1493 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1494 Define the number of ports to be used
1495
1496 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1497 Define the ETH PHY's address
1498
Yoshihiro Shimoda281aa052011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001499 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1500 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1501
Heiko Schocher2b387762014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001502- PWM Support:
1503 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
1504 Support for PWM modul on the imx6.
1505
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001506- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001507 CONFIG_TPM
1508 Support TPM devices.
1509
Tom Wai-Hong Tame49fed52013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001510 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1511 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1512 per system is supported at this time.
1513
1514 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1515 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1516
1517 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1518 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1519
1520 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1521 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1522
Dirk Eibach20489092013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001523 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1524 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1525
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001526 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001527 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1528 per system is supported at this time.
1529
1530 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1531 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1532 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1533 0xfed40000.
1534
Reinhard Pfau4fece432013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001535 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1536 Add tpm monitor functions.
1537 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1538 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1539
1540 CONFIG_TPM
1541 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1542 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1543 Requires support for a TPM device.
1544
1545 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1546 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1547 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1548
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001549- USB Support:
1550 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001551 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001552 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1553 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenkfb30b4c2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001554 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001555 storage devices.
1556 Note:
1557 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1558 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001559 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1560 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1561 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001562 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1563 for USB on PSC3
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001564 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1565 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1566 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001567 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1568 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001569 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Wei063f9ff2007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001570 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1571 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001572
Simon Glass5978cdb2012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001573 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1574 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1575
Oleksandr Tymoshenko7a881752014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001576 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1577 HW module registers.
1578
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001579- USB Device:
1580 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1581 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1582 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001583 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001584 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1585 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001586 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001587 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1588 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1589 a Linux host by
1590 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1591 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1592 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1593 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001594
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001595 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1596 Define this to build a UDC device
1597
1598 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1599 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1600 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001601
Vipin KUMARbdb17702012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301602 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1603 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1604 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1605 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1606 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1607 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1608 speed.
1609
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001610 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001611 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1612 be set to usbtty.
1613
1614 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001615 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001616 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001617 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001618
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001619 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001620 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001621 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001622
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001623 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001624 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001625 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001626 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1627 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1628 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1629
1630 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1631 Define this string as the name of your company for
1632 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001633
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001634 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1635 Define this string as the name of your product
1636 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001637
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001638 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1639 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1640 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1641 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1642 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001643
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001644 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1645 Define this as the unique Product ID
1646 for your device
1647 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001648
Igor Grinbergac5f6ee2011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001649- ULPI Layer Support:
1650 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1651 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1652 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1653 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1654 viewport is supported.
1655 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1656 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stachf31e4112012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001657 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1658 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1659 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001660
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001661- MMC Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001662 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1663 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1664 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001665 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001666 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1667 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001668
Yoshihiro Shimodadb7717b2011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001669 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1670 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1671
1672 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1673 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1674
1675 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1676 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1677
Pierre Aubertbcc302c2014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001678 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1679 Enable the generic MMC driver
1680
1681 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1682 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1683
1684 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1685 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1686 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1687
Tom Rini58a8d322013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001688- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1689 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1690 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1691
1692 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1693 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1694 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1695 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1696 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1697
1698 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1699 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1700
Pantelis Antonioucf14d0d2013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001701 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1702 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1703
Afzal Mohammede3c687a2013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301704 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1705 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1706 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1707 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1708 one that would help mostly the developer.
1709
Heiko Schochera2f831e2013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001710 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1711 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1712 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1713 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1714 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1715
Pantelis Antonioua6e788d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001716 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1717 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1718 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1719 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1720 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1721 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1722
Heiko Schochere1ba1512014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001723 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1724 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1725 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1726 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1727
1728 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1729 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1730 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1731 sending again an USB request to the device.
1732
Sebastian Siewior9d4471e2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001733- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
1734 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1735 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1736 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1737 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1738 used on Android devices.
1739 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1740
1741 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1742 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1743 image format header.
1744
1745 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
1746 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1747 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1748 downloaded images.
1749
1750 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
1751 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1752 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1753 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1754
Steve Raebfb9ba42014-08-26 11:47:28 -07001755 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1756 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1757 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1758 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1759
1760 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1761 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1762 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1763 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1764
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001765- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1766 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1767 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1768 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1769
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001770 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1771 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001772 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1773
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001774 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001775 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1776 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1777
1778 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001779 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001780 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1781 have not defined a custom partition
1782
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001783- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1784 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kimb44c8ab2012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001785
1786 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1787 file in FAT formatted partition.
1788
1789 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1790 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001791
Gabe Black7f8574c2012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001792CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1793 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1794
1795 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1796 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1797 and cbfsload.
1798
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu1c4cf332014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301799- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1800 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1801
1802 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1803 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1804
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001805- Keyboard Support:
1806 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1807
1808 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1809 support
1810
1811 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1812 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1813 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1814 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1815 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1816
Hung-ying Tyan4a48bcf2013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001817 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1818 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1819 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1820 which provides key scans on request.
1821
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001822- Video support:
1823 CONFIG_VIDEO
1824
1825 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1826 video).
1827
1828 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1829
1830 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1831
1832 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001833 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001834 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1835 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1836 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001837
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001838 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001839 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001840 are possible:
1841 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001842 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001843
1844 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1845 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1846 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1847 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1848 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1849 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1850 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001851 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1852
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001853 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswileraea68562007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001854 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001855
1856
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001857 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001858 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001859 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1860 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1861
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001862 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001863 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001864 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1865 support, and should also define these other macros:
1866
1867 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1868 CONFIG_VIDEO
1869 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1870 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1871 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1872 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1873 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1874 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1875
Timur Tabi32f709e2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001876 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1877 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1878 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1879 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001880
Simon Glass54df8ce2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001881 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1882
1883 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1884 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1885 driver.
1886
1887
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001888- Keyboard Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001889 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001890
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001891 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1892 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1893 defined in your board-specific files.
1894 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001895
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001896- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1897
1898 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1899 display); also select one of the supported displays
1900 by defining one of these:
1901
Stelian Popf6f86652008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001902 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1903
1904 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1905
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001906 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001907
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001908 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001909
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001910 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1911
1912 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1913 Active, color, single scan.
1914
1915 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001916
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001917 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001918 Active, color, single scan.
1919
1920 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1921
1922 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1923 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1924
1925 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1926
1927 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1928 Active, color, single scan.
1929
1930 CONFIG_HLD1045
1931
1932 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1933 Active, color, single scan.
1934
1935 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1936
1937 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1938 or
1939 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1940 or
1941 Hitachi SP14Q002
1942
1943 320x240. Black & white.
1944
1945 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001946 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001947
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001948 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1949
1950 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1951 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1952 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1953 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1954 a per-section basis.
1955
Simon Glassaf3e2802012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001956 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1957
1958 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1959 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1960 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1961 is slow.
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001962
Tom Wai-Hong Tam79926a42012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001963 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1964
1965 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1966
Tom Wai-Hong Tam6664f202012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001967 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1968
1969 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1970 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1971
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001972- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001973
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001974 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1975 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1976 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenk01686632004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001977 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001978 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1979 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1980 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1981 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001982
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001983 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1984
1985 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1986 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini958a8f82014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001987 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001988 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1989 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1990 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1991 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1992 there is no need to set this option.
1993
Matthias Weisser53884182009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001994 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1995
1996 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1997 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1998 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1999 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
2000 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
2001 specify 'm' for centering the image.
2002
2003 Example:
2004 setenv splashpos m,m
2005 => image at center of screen
2006
2007 setenv splashpos 30,20
2008 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
2009
2010 setenv splashpos -10,m
2011 => vertically centered image
2012 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
2013
Stefan Roesed9d97742005-09-22 09:04:17 +02002014- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
2015
2016 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
2017 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
2018 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
2019
Anatolij Gustschin6b4e4fc2010-03-15 14:50:25 +01002020- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
2021
2022 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
2023 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
2024 bmp command.
2025
Lei Wene4e248d2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00002026- Do compresssing for memory range:
2027 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
2028
2029 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
2030 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
2031
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00002032- Compression support:
Kees Cook5b06e642013-08-16 07:59:12 -07002033 CONFIG_GZIP
2034
2035 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
2036
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00002037 CONFIG_BZIP2
2038
2039 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
2040 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
2041 compressed images are supported.
2042
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002043 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002044 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002045 be at least 4MB.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00002046
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02002047 CONFIG_LZMA
2048
2049 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
2050 images is included.
2051
2052 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
2053 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
2054 formula:
2055
2056 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
2057
2058 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
2059 and Literal pos bits.
2060
2061 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
2062 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
2063 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
2064 a very small buffer.
2065
2066 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
2067 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002068 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02002069
Kees Cook5b06e642013-08-16 07:59:12 -07002070 CONFIG_LZO
2071
2072 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
2073 is included.
2074
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002075- MII/PHY support:
2076 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
2077
2078 The address of PHY on MII bus.
2079
2080 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
2081
2082 The clock frequency of the MII bus
2083
2084 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
2085
2086 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002087 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002088
2089 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
2090
2091 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2092 reset before any MII register access is possible.
2093 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
2094 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
2095
2096 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
2097
2098 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2099 command issued before MII status register can be read
2100
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002101- Ethernet address:
2102 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubune5167f12008-09-29 18:28:23 -04002103 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002104 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
2105 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubune5167f12008-09-29 18:28:23 -04002106 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
2107 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002108
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002109 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
2110 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002111 is not determined automatically.
2112
2113- IP address:
2114 CONFIG_IPADDR
2115
2116 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002117 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002118 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002119 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002120
2121- Server IP address:
2122 CONFIG_SERVERIP
2123
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002124 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002125 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002126 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002127
Robin Getz470a6d42009-07-21 12:15:28 -04002128 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
2129
2130 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
2131 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
2132
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002133- Gateway IP address:
2134 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
2135
2136 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
2137 default router where packets to other networks are
2138 sent to.
2139 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2140
2141- Subnet mask:
2142 CONFIG_NETMASK
2143
2144 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2145 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2146 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2147 forwarded through a router.
2148 (Environment variable "netmask")
2149
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002150- Multicast TFTP Mode:
2151 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2152
2153 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2154 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002155 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002156 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2157 multicast group.
2158
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002159- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2160 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2161
2162 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2163 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2164 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2165 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2166 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2167 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2168 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2169 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denkb65aaf92007-08-06 23:21:05 +02002170 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002171
2172 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2173 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2174 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2175 4th and following
2176 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2177
Thierry Reding8977cda2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02002178 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
2179
2180 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
2181 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
2182 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
2183 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
2184 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
2185 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
2186 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
2187 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
2188 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
2189 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
2190 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
2191 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
2192 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
2193 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
2194 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
2195
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002196- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002197 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2198 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002199
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002200 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2201 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2202 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2203 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2204 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2205 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2206 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2207 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2208 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2209 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2210 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2211 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002212 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002213
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002214 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2215 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002216
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002217 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2218 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2219 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2220 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2221 is not available.
2222
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002223 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2224 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2225 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2226 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2227 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2228 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2229 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002230 is defined.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002231
2232 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2233 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2234 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002235 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002236 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2237 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002238
Aras Vaichas72aa3f32008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002239 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2240
2241 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2242 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2243 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2244 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2245 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2246 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2247 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2248 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2249 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2250 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2251 this delay.
2252
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002253 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2254 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2255 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2256 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2257 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2258
2259 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2260
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002261 - CDP Options:
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002262 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002263
2264 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2265
2266 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2267
2268 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2269 of the device.
2270
2271 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2272
2273 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2274 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002275 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002276
2277 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2278
2279 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2280 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2281
2282 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2283
2284 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2285
2286 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2287
2288 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2289
2290 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2291
2292 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2293
2294 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2295
2296 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2297 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2298
2299 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2300
2301 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2302
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002303- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2304
2305 Several configurations allow to display the current
2306 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2307 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2308 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2309 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2310 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2311 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2312 feature in U-Boot.
2313
Igor Grinberg4997a9e2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002314 Additional options:
2315
2316 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2317 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2318 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2319 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2320 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2321
Igor Grinberg203bd9f2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002322 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2323 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2324 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2325 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2326 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2327 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2328
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002329- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2330
2331 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2332 on those systems that support this (optional)
2333 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2334
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002335- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002336
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002337 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2338 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2339 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2340 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2341 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2342 interface.
2343
2344 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002345 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2346 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2347 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2348 for defining speed and slave address
2349 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2350 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2351 for defining speed and slave address
2352 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2353 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2354 for defining speed and slave address
2355 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2356 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2357 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002358
Heiko Schocherf2850742012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002359 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2360 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2361 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2362 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2363 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2364 bus.
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002365 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocherf2850742012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2367 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2368 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2369 second bus.
2370
Simon Glass026fefb2012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002371 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu045acfa2013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002372 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2373 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2374 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass026fefb2012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002375
Dirk Eibach42b204f2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002376 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2377 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2378 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2379 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2380
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002381 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2382 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2383 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2384 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2385 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2386 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2387 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2388 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2389 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2390 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2391
Nobuhiro Iwamatsue94ea2f2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002392 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2393 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2394 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2395
2396 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2397 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2398 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2399 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2400 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2401 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2402 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2403 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2404 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2405
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu12240102013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002406 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2407 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2408 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2409
2410 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2411 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2412 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2413 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2414 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2415 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2416 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2417 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2418 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2419 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2420 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2421 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2422 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2423
Heiko Schocherf53f2b82013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002424 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2425 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2426 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2427 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2428 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2429 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2430 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2431 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2432 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2433 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2434 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2435 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2436
Heiko Schocher465819a2013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002437 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2438 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2439 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2440 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2441
Naveen Krishna Ch5d5efd32013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302442 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2443 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2444 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2445 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2446 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2447
Dirk Eibachb9577432014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002448 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2449 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2450 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2451 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2452 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2453 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2454 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2455 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2456 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2457 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2458 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2459 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2460 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2461 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
2462
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002463 additional defines:
2464
2465 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2466 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2467 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2468 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2469 omit this define.
2470
2471 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2472 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2473 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2474 omit this define.
2475
2476 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2477 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2478 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2479 define.
2480
2481 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2482 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2483 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2484 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2485 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2486
2487 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2488 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2489 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2490 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2491 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2492 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2493 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2494 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2495 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2496 }
2497
2498 which defines
2499 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002500 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2501 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2502 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2503 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2504 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002505 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002506 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2507 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002508
2509 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2510
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002511- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002512
2513 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2514 provides the following compelling advantages:
2515
2516 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2517 - approved multibus support
2518 - better i2c mux support
2519
2520 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002521
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002522 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2523 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2524 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002525
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002526 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002527 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002528 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2529 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002530 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002531
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002532 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002533
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002534 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002535 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002536
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002537 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002538 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002539 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002540 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002541
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002542 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002543 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002544 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2545 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2546 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002547
Eric Millbrandt12990a42009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002548 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2549
2550 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2551 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2552 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2553 commands until the slave device responds.
2554
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002555 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002556
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002557 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002558 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2559 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002560
2561 I2C_INIT
2562
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002563 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002564 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002565
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002566 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002567
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002568 I2C_PORT
2569
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002570 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2571 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2572 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002573
2574 I2C_ACTIVE
2575
2576 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2577 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2578 define can be null.
2579
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002580 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2581
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002582 I2C_TRISTATE
2583
2584 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2585 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2586 define can be null.
2587
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002588 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2589
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002590 I2C_READ
2591
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002592 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2593 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002594
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002595 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2596
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002597 I2C_SDA(bit)
2598
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002599 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2600 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002601
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002602 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002603 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002604 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002605
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002606 I2C_SCL(bit)
2607
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002608 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2609 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002610
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002611 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002612 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002613 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002614
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002615 I2C_DELAY
2616
2617 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2618 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002619 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002620 like:
2621
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002622 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002623
Mike Frysingeree12d542010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002624 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2625
2626 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2627 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2628 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2629 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2630
2631 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2632 the generic GPIO functions.
2633
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002634 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002635
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002636 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2637 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2638 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2639 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2640 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2641 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2642 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2643 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002644
Richard Retanubundf0149c2010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002645 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2646
2647 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2648 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2649 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2650 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2651 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2652 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2653 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2654 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2655
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002656 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2657
2658 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2659 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2660 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2661
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002662 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2663
2664 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002665 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2666 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002667 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2668
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002669 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002670
2671 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002672 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002673 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2674 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002675
2676 e.g.
2677 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002678 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002679
2680 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2681
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002682 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002683 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002684
2685 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2686
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002687 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002688
2689 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2690 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2691
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002692 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002693
2694 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2695 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2696
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002697 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002698
2699 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2700 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2701
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002702 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo31856dd2008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002703
2704 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2705 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2706 specified DTT device.
2707
Andrew Dyer58c41f92008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002708 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2709
2710 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2711 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2712 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2713 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2714 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2715 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2716 the other.
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002717
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002718- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2719
2720 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2721 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2722 D/As on the SACSng board)
2723
Yoshihiro Shimoda65bd9b42011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002724 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2725
2726 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2727 only SH7757 is supported.
2728
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002729 CONFIG_SPI_X
2730
2731 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2732 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2733
2734 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2735
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002736 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2737 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2738 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2739 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2740 defined, the board configuration must define several
2741 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2742 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002743
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002744 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2745
2746 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2747 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2748 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002749 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002750 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2751
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002752 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2753
2754 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevamdcd342c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002755 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002756
Heiko Schocherb77c8882014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002757 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2758 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2759 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2760
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002761- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002762
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002763 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2764
2765 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2766
2767 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2768 (ALTERA, XILINX)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002769
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002770 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002771
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002772 Enables support for FPGA family.
2773 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2774
2775 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2776
2777 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002778
Siva Durga Prasad Paladuguadc11de2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302779 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2780
2781 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2782
Michal Simek64c70982014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002783 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2784
2785 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2786
2787 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2788
2789 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2790 (Xilinx only)
2791
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002792 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002793
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002794 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002795
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002796 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002797
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002798 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2799 status by the configuration function. This option
2800 will require a board or device specific function to
2801 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002802
2803 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2804
2805 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2806 configuration driver.
2807
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002808 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002809 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2810
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002811 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002812
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002813 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2814 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2815 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2816 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002817
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002818 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002819
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002820 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2821 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2822 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002823 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002824
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002825 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002826
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002827 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002828 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002829
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002830 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002831
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002832 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002833 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002834
2835- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roese141ed202014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002836 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2837
2838 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2839 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2840 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2841 special image will be automatically built upon calling
2842 make / MAKEALL.
2843
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002844 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2845
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002846 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2847 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002848
2849- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2850
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002851 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2852 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002853 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002854 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2855 protects these variables from casual modification by
2856 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2857 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002858 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002859
2860 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2861 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002862 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002863 these parameters.
2864
2865 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2866 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002867 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002868 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2869 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2870 read-only.]
2871
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002872 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2873 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2874 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2875 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2876
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002877- Protected RAM:
2878 CONFIG_PRAM
2879
2880 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2881 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2882 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2883 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2884 this default value by defining an environment
2885 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2886 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2887 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2888 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2889 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2890 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2891 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2892
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002893 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002894 saveenv
2895
2896 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2897 either, which results in a memory region that will
2898 not be affected by reboots.
2899
2900 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2901 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2902 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2903 following board configurations are known to be
2904 "pRAM-clean":
2905
Wolfgang Denk90326762012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002906 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2907 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denkcd4e42e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002908 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002909
Gabe Blacka2f3a932012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002910- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2911 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2912 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2913 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2914 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2915 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2916 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2917
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002918- Error Recovery:
2919 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2920
2921 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2922 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2923 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002924 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002925 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2926 useful during development since you can try to debug
2927 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2928
2929 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2930
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002931 This variable defines the number of retries for
2932 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2933 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2934 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002935
Guennadi Liakhovetskib38c2b32008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002936 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2937
2938 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2939
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi147e3902012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002940 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2941
2942 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2943 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2944 try longer timeout such as
2945 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2946
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002947- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002948 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk3902d702004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002949
2950 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2951
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002952 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002953
2954 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2955 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2956 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2957
2958 Note:
2959
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002960 In the current implementation, the local variables
2961 space and global environment variables space are
2962 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2963 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2964 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2965 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2966 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002967
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002968 Global environment variables are those you use
2969 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2970 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2971 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002972
2973 To store commands and special characters in a
2974 variable, please use double quotation marks
2975 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2976 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2977 symbols.
2978
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002979- Commandline Editing and History:
2980 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2981
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002982 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkc80857e2006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002983 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002984
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002985- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002986 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2987
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002988 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2989 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002990 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk591dda52002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002991
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002992 For example, place something like this in your
2993 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002994
2995 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2996 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2997 "myvar2=value2\0"
2998
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002999 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
3000 internal format how the environment is stored by the
3001 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
3002 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003003 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003004 You better know what you are doing here.
3005
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003006 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
3007 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003008 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003009 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003010
Stephen Warren1465d5f2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00003011 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
3012
3013 Define this in order to add variables describing the
3014 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
3015 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
3016
3017 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
3018
3019 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
3020 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
3021 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
3022 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
3023 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
3024
Tom Rini4c8cc9b2012-10-24 07:28:16 +00003025 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
3026
3027 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
3028 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
3029 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
3030
Simon Glass6b8d5fd2012-11-30 13:01:17 +00003031 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
3032
3033 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
3034 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
3035 that so that the environment is not available until
3036 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
3037 this is instead controlled by the value of
3038 /config/load-environment.
3039
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003040- DataFlash Support:
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00003041 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
3042
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003043 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
3044 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
3045 commands cp, md...
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00003046
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07003047- Serial Flash support
3048 CONFIG_CMD_SF
3049
3050 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
3051 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
3052
3053 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
3054 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
3055 commands.
3056
3057 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
3058 to handle the common case when only a single serial
3059 flash is present on the system.
3060
3061 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
3062 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
3063 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
3064 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
3065
Simon Glass4b5545e2012-10-08 13:16:02 +00003066 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
3067
3068 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
3069 test ('sf test').
3070
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekic6d173d2013-06-19 15:33:58 +05303071 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
3072
3073 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
3074 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
3075
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekid7f253b2014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303076 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
3077
3078 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
3079 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
3080 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections.
3081
Heiko Schocherd73b7ec2014-07-18 06:07:21 +02003082 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_ST_ENABLE_WP_PIN
3083 enable the W#/Vpp signal to disable writing to the status
3084 register on ST MICRON flashes like the N25Q128.
3085 The status register write enable/disable bit, combined with
3086 the W#/VPP signal provides hardware data protection for the
3087 device as follows: When the enable/disable bit is set to 1,
3088 and the W#/VPP signal is driven LOW, the status register
3089 nonvolatile bits become read-only and the WRITE STATUS REGISTER
3090 operation will not execute. The only way to exit this
3091 hardware-protected mode is to drive W#/VPP HIGH.
3092
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003093- SystemACE Support:
3094 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
3095
3096 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
3097 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003098 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003099 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003100
3101 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003102 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003103
3104 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
3105 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
3106
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003107- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
3108 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
3109
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003110 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003111 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003112 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003113 number generator is used.
3114
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003115 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
3116 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
3117 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
3118
3119 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003120 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
3121 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
3122 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
3123 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
3124 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
3125 but sometimes that is not allowed.
3126
Simon Glass058bb8d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003127- Hashing support:
3128 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
3129
3130 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
3131 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
3132
3133 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
3134
3135 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
3136 size a little.
3137
3138 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
3139 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
3140
3141 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
3142 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
3143
Robert Winkler765ccf42013-07-24 17:57:06 -07003144- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
3145 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
3146 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
3147 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
3148
3149 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
3150 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
3151 a boot from specific media.
3152
3153 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
3154 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
3155 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
3156 will set it back to normal. This command currently
3157 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
3158
Simon Glass35191a32013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003159- Signing support:
3160 CONFIG_RSA
3161
3162 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel49dc73b2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01003163 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass35191a32013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003164
3165 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
3166 option.
3167
Heiko Schocher443ca402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01003168- bootcount support:
3169 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3170
3171 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3172 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3173
3174 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3175 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3176 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3177 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3178 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3179 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3180 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3181 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3182 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3183 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3184 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3185 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3186 the bootcounter.
3187 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass35191a32013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003188
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003189- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003190 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3191
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003192 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3193 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3194 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3195 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3196 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3197 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003198
Simon Glass31a870e2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00003199- Detailed boot stage timing
3200 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
3201 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
3202 of the boot process.
3203
3204 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
3205 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
3206 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
3207 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
3208 the limit, recording will stop.
3209
3210 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
3211 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
3212
3213 Timer summary in microseconds:
3214 Mark Elapsed Stage
3215 0 0 reset
3216 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
3217 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
3218 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
3219 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
3220 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
3221 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
3222 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
3223
Simon Glass4afd88e2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00003224 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
3225 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
3226 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
3227
Simon Glass0fa36a42012-09-28 08:56:37 +00003228 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
3229 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
3230 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
3231 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
3232 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
3233 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
3234 For example:
3235
3236 bootstage {
3237 154 {
3238 name = "board_init_f";
3239 mark = <3575678>;
3240 };
3241 170 {
3242 name = "lcd";
3243 accum = <33482>;
3244 };
3245 };
3246
3247 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
3248
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003249Legacy uImage format:
3250
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003251 Arg Where When
3252 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003253 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003254 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003255 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003256 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003257 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003258 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3259 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3260 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003261 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003262 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3263 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3264 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3265 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003266 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003267 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003268
3269 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3270 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3271 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3272 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3273 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3274 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3275 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003276 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003277 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3278 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3279
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003280 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003281
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003282 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenkd729d302004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003283 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3284 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenke97d3d92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003285
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003286 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3287 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3288 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3289 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3290 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3291 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3292 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3293 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3294 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3295 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3296 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3297 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3298 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3299 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3300 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3301 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3302 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3303 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3304 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3305 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3306 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3307 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3308 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3309 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3310 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3311 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3312 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3313 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3314 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3315 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3316 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3317 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3318 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3319 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3320 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3321 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3322 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3323 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3324 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3325 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3326 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3327 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3328 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3329 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3330 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3331 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3332 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003333
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003334 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003335
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003336 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003337 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3338 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003339
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003340 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3341 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003342 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003343 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3344 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3345 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003346 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3347 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003348 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003349
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003350FIT uImage format:
3351
3352 Arg Where When
3353 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3354 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3355 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3356 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3357 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3358 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowicz0cd4f3d2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003359 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003360 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3361 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3362 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3363 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3364 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003365 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3366 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003367 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3368 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3369 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3370 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3371 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3372 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3373 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3374 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3375
3376 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3377 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3378 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003379 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003380 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3381 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3382 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3383 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3384 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3385 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3386 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3387 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3388 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3389 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3390 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3391 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3392
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003393 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003394 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3395
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003396 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003397 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3398
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003399 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003400 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3401
Heiko Schocher515eb122014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003402- legacy image format:
3403 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3404 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3405
3406 Default:
3407 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3408
3409 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3410 disable the legacy image format
3411
3412 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3413 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3414
Gabe Blackd572e162012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003415- FIT image support:
3416 CONFIG_FIT
3417 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3418
3419 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3420 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3421 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3422 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3423 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3424 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3425
Simon Glass58fe7e52013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003426 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3427 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3428 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3429 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3430
Heiko Schocher515eb122014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003431 WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required
3432 signature check the legacy image format is default
3433 disabled. If a board need legacy image format support
3434 enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3435
Dirk Eibach88919ca2014-07-03 09:28:26 +02003436 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3437 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3438 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3439 with this option.
3440
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003441- Standalone program support:
3442 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3443
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003444 This option defines a board specific value for the
3445 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3446 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003447 settings.
3448
3449- Frame Buffer Address:
3450 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3451
3452 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denka71eb8e2013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003453 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3454 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3455 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3456 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3457 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3458 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3459 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003460
3461 Please see board_init_f function.
3462
Detlev Zundel0ecb6112009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003463- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3464 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3465 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3466 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3467
3468 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3469 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3470
3471- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3472 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3473
3474 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3475 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3476
3477 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3478
3479 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3480 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3481
Heiko Schocherf5895d12014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003482 CONFIG_MTD_NAND_VERIFY_WRITE
3483 verify if the written data is correct reread.
3484
Joe Hershberger7d80fc12013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003485- UBI support
3486 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3487
3488 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3489 with the UBI flash translation layer
3490
3491 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3492
Joe Hershberger47550fc2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003493 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3494
3495 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3496 warnings and errors enabled.
3497
Heiko Schocherf5895d12014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003498
3499 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3500 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3501 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3502 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3503 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3504 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3505
3506 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3507 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3508 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3509 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3510 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3511
3512 default: 4096
3513
3514 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3515 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3516 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3517 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3518 flash), this value is ignored.
3519
3520 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3521 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3522 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3523 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3524 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3525 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3526
3527 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3528 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3529 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3530 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3531 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3532 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3533 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3534 partition.
3535
3536 default: 20
3537
3538 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3539 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3540 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3541 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3542 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3543 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3544 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3545 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3546 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3547 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3548 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3549 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3550
3551 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3552 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3553 without a fastmap.
3554 default: 0
3555
Joe Hershberger7d80fc12013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003556- UBIFS support
3557 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3558
3559 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3560 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3561
3562 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3563
Joe Hershberger47550fc2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003564 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3565
3566 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3567 warnings and errors enabled.
3568
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003569- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003570 CONFIG_SPL
3571 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003572
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003573 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3574 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3575
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003576 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3577 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3578 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3579 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003580 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003581 must not be both defined at the same time.
3582
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003583 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003584 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3585 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3586 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3587 not exceed it.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003588
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003589 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3590 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003591
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003592 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3593 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3594 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3595
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003596 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3597 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3598
3599 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003600 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3601 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3602 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003603 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003604 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003605
3606 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3607 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3608
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003609 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3610 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3611 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3612 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3613
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003614 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3615 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3616
3617 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3618 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003619
Tom Rini28591df2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003620 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3621 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3622 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3623 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3624
Tom Rinic2b76002014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003625 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3626 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3627 See also: doc/README.falcon
3628
Tom Rinife3b0c72012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003629 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3630 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3631 about the running system.
3632
Scott Wood7c810902012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003633 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3634 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3635
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003636 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3637 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003638
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003639 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3640 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003641
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003642 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3643 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003644
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003645 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3646 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003647
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003648 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3649 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003650
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003651 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3652 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003653 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003654 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3655 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3656
Peter Korsgaard01b542f2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003657 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3658 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3659 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3660
3661 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3662 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3663 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3664 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3665 (for falcon mode)
3666
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003667 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3668 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3669
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003670 CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT
3671 Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003672
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003673 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3674 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3675
3676 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003677 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003678 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003679
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003680 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003681 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003682 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003683
Scott Wood2b36fbb2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003684 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3685 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3686 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3687 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3688 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3689
Prabhakar Kushwaha6e2b9a32014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303690 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3691 Avoid SPL relocation
3692
Scott Woodc352a0c2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003693 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3694 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3695 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3696
3697 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3698 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3699
3700 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3701 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3702
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003703 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003704 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3705 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003706
Tom Rini543c9f12014-03-28 12:03:36 -04003707 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3708 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3709 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3710
Heiko Schochercf000272014-10-31 08:31:00 +01003711 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3712 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3713 if you need to save space.
3714
Ying Zhang9ff70262013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003715 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3716 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003717 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhang9ff70262013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003718
Ying Zhangdfb2b152013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003719 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3720 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3721 SPL binary.
3722
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003723 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3724 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3725 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3726 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3727 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3728 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003729 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003730
Prabhakar Kushwahaafffcb02013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303731 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3732 Add support NAND boot
3733
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003734 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003735 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3736
3737 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3738 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3739
3740 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3741 Size of image to load
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003742
3743 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003744 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003745
3746 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3747 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3748 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3749
3750 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3751 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3752 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3753
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003754 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3755 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003756
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003757 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3758 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003759
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003760 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3761 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003762
Pavel Machekde997252012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003763 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3764 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3765
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003766 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3767 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003768
Ying Zhang602f7d32013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003769 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3770 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3771
3772 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3773 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3774 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3775 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3776
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003777 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeauf0180722013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003778 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3779 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3780 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3781 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3782 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003783
Scott Woodf147eb72012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003784 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3785 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3786 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3787 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3788
Simon Glass82d94532013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003789 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3790 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3791 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3792 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3793 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3794
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003795- TPL framework
3796 CONFIG_TPL
3797 Enable building of TPL globally.
3798
3799 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3800 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3801 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003802 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3803 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3804 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003805
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003806Modem Support:
3807--------------
3808
Wolfgang Denk8f399b32011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003809[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003810
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003811- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003812 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3813
3814- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3815 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3816
3817- Modem debug support:
3818 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3819
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003820 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3821 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003822
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003823- Interrupt support (PPC):
3824
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003825 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3826 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003827 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003828 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003829 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003830 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003831 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003832 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3833 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3834 general timer_interrupt().
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003835
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003836- General:
3837
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003838 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3839 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3840 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003841 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003842 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3843 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3844 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003845
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003846 If there are no modem init strings in the
3847 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3848 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003849 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003850
3851 See also: doc/README.Modem
3852
Helmut Raigerd5a184b2011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003853Board initialization settings:
3854------------------------------
3855
3856During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3857to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3858before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3859following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3860architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3861typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3862
3863- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3864- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3865- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3866- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003867
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003868Configuration Settings:
3869-----------------------
3870
York Sun6c480012014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003871- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3872 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3873
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003874- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003875 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3876
Peter Tyserdfb72b82009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003877- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3878 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3879
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003880- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003881 prompt for user input.
3882
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003883- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003884
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003885- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003886
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003887- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003888
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003889- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003890 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3891 booted
3892
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003893- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003894 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3895
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003896- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003897 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003898
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003899- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003900 If the board specific function
3901 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3902 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003903 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3904
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003905- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003906 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003907
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003908- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003909 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3910
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003911- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003912 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3913 simple memory test.
3914
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003915- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003916 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003917
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003918- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5958f4a2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003919 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3920 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3921
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003922- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3923 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003924 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003925 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003926 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3927 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3928 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003929 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003930 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003931 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003932
3933 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3934 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3935 be touched.
3936
3937 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3938 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3939 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3940 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3941 problems.
3942
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003943- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003944 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3945
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003946- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003947 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3948
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003949- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003950 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3951 Cogent motherboard)
3952
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003953- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003954 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3955
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003956- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003957 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3958 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk0708bc62010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003959 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003960 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003961
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003962- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003963 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3964 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3965 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3966 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003967
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003968- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003969 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3970
Simon Glass863e4042014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003971- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3972 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3973 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3974 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3975 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3976 space.
3977
3978 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3979 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3980 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
3981 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotton) when
3982 U-Boot relocates itself.
3983
Simon Glasse997f752014-09-15 06:33:18 -06003984 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox
Simon Glass0cc6f5c2014-07-10 22:23:31 -06003985 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
3986
Simon Glass9fa901b2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07003987- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3988 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3989 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3990 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3991
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003992- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003993 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3994 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003995 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003996 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3997
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003998- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003999 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
4000 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004001 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
4002 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day832d36e2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04004003 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004004 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004005 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004006 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
4007 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
4008 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004009
John Rigbyeea8e692010-10-13 13:57:35 -06004010- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
4011 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
4012 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
4013 is enabled.
4014
4015- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
4016 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
4017 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
4018
4019- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
4020 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
4021 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
4022
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004023- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004024 Max number of Flash memory banks
4025
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004026- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004027 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
4028
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004029- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004030 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
4031
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004032- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004033 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
4034
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004035- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004036 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
4037
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004038- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004039 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
4040
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004041- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004042 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
4043 instead of U-Boot software protection.
4044
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004045- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004046
4047 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
4048 without this option such a download has to be
4049 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
4050 copy from RAM to flash.
4051
4052 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
4053 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004054 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
4055 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004056 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
4057
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004058- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004059 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00004060 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
4061
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD8d94c232008-08-13 01:40:42 +02004062- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00004063 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
4064 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004065
Piotr Ziecik3e939e92008-11-17 15:57:58 +01004066- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
4067 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
4068 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
4069 to the MTD layer.
4070
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004071- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski183284f2008-04-03 13:36:02 +02004072 Use buffered writes to flash.
4073
4074- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
4075 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
4076 write commands.
4077
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004078- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roesec443fe92005-11-22 13:20:42 +01004079 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
4080 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
4081 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
4082 optionally available.
4083
Jerry Van Barenaae73572008-03-08 13:48:01 -05004084- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
4085 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
4086 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
4087 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
4088
Stefan Roesed20cba52013-04-04 15:53:14 +02004089- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
4090 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
4091 against the source after the write operation. An error message
4092 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
4093 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
4094 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
4095 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
4096 this option if you really know what you are doing.
4097
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004098- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004099 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
4100 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00004101 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
4102 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004103 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00004104 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
4105
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02004106- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
4107
Wolfgang Denk1136f692010-10-27 22:48:30 +02004108 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
4109 internally to store the environment settings. The default
4110 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
4111 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
4112 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02004113
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004114- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4115- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day832d36e2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04004116 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004117 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
4118 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
4119 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
4120
4121 The format of the list is:
4122 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004123 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
4124 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004125 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
4126 list = entry[,list]
4127
4128 The type attributes are:
4129 s - String (default)
4130 d - Decimal
4131 x - Hexadecimal
4132 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
4133 i - IP address
4134 m - MAC address
4135
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004136 The access attributes are:
4137 a - Any (default)
4138 r - Read-only
4139 o - Write-once
4140 c - Change-default
4141
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004142 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4143 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
4144 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4145
4146 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
4147 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
4148 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
4149 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
4150 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
4151 ".flags" variable.
4152
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004153- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
4154 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
4155 access flags.
4156
Simon Glass66828322013-03-08 13:45:27 +00004157- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
4158 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
4159 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
4160 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
4161 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
4162 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
4163 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
4164 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
4165 your board please report the problem and send patches!
4166
Lokesh Vutla100c2d82013-04-17 20:49:40 +00004167- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
4168 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
4169 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
4170 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass9c9f44a2013-03-11 07:06:48 +00004171
Gabe Black3687fe42014-10-15 04:38:30 -06004172- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
4173 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
4174 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
4175 building U-Boot to enable this.
4176
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004177The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
4178of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
4179following configurations:
4180
Mike Frysinger63b8f122011-07-08 10:44:25 +00004181- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
4182
4183 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
4184 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
4185
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004186- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004187
4188 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
4189
4190 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
4191 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
4192 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
4193 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
4194 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
4195 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
4196 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
4197 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
4198 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
4199 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
4200 between U-Boot and the environment.
4201
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004202 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004203
4204 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
4205 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
4206 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
4207 for this sector is given here.
4208
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004209 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004210
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004211 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004212
4213 This is just another way to specify the start address of
4214 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004215 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004216
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004217 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004218
4219 Size of the sector containing the environment.
4220
4221
4222 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
4223 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
4224 the environment.
4225
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004226 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004227
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004228 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004229 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004230 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
4231 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
4232
4233 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
4234 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4235 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4236 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4237 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4238 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4239 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4240 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4241 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4242
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004243 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4244 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004245
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004246 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004247 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenkb02744a2003-04-05 00:53:31 +00004248 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004249 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004250
4251BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4252source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4253accordingly!
4254
4255
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDfdb79c32008-09-10 22:47:59 +02004256- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004257
4258 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4259 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4260 environment.
4261
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004262 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4263 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004264
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004265 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004266 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4267 can just be read and written to, without any special
4268 provision.
4269
4270BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
4271in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004272console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004273U-Boot will hang.
4274
4275Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4276environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4277keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4278to save the current settings.
4279
4280
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDe46af642008-09-05 09:19:30 +02004281- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004282
4283 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4284 device and a driver for it.
4285
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004286 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4287 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004288
4289 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4290 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4291
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004292 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004293 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4294 The default address is zero.
4295
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004296 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004297 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4298 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4299 would require six bits.
4300
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004301 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004302 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00004303 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004304
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004305 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004306 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4307 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4308
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004309 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004310 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4311 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4312 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4313 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4314 byte chips.
4315
4316 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4317 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4318 in the chip address.
4319
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004320 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004321 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4322
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004323 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4324 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4325 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4326
4327 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4328 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4329 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4330 EEPROM. For example:
4331
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01004332 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004333
4334 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4335 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004336
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD2b14d2b2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004337- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004338
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00004339 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004340 want to use for the environment.
4341
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004342 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4343 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4344 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004345
4346 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4347 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4348 at the specified address.
4349
Wu, Josh76db7bf2014-07-01 19:30:13 +08004350- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4351
4352 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4353 want to use for the environment.
4354
4355 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4356 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4357
4358 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4359 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4360 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4361
4362 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4363
4364 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4365
4366 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4367
4368 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4369 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4370 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4371 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4372 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4373
4374 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4375 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4376
4377 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4378
4379 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4380
4381 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4382
4383 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4384
4385 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4386
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004387- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4388
4389 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4390 want to use for the local device's environment.
4391
4392 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4393 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4394
4395 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4396 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4397 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004398 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004399
4400BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4401"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004402environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4403but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004404
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDdda84dd2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004405- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004406
4407 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4408 for the environment.
4409
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004410 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4411 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004412
4413 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004414 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4415 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004416
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004417 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004418
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004419 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004420 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4421 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004422 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004423 aligned to an erase block boundary.
4424
4425 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4426
4427 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4428 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4429 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4430 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4431 the range to be avoided.
4432
4433 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004434
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004435 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4436 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4437 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4438 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4439 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004440
Guennadi Liakhovetskifad24442009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004441- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4442
4443 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4444 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4445 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4446
Joe Hershberger0c5faa82013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004447- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4448
4449 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4450 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4451 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4452
4453 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4454
4455 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4456
4457 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4458
4459 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4460 environment in.
4461
Joe Hershbergerdb14e862013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004462 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4463
4464 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4465 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4466 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4467
Joe Hershberger0c5faa82013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004468 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4469 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4470
4471 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4472 when storing the env in UBI.
4473
Wu, Josha7d0c872014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004474- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4475 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4476
4477 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4478
4479 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4480
4481 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4482
4483 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4484 be as following:
4485
4486 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4487 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4488 partition table.
4489 - "D:0": device D.
4490 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4491 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4492 table.
4493 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
4494 If none, first valid paratition in device D. If no
4495 partition table then means device D.
4496
4497 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4498
4499 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
4500 envrionment.
4501
4502 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
4503 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the envrionment file.
4504
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004505- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4506
4507 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4508 environment.
4509
4510 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4511
4512 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4513
4514 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4515
4516 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4517 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4518 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4519
4520 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4521 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4522
4523 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4524 area within the specified MMC device.
4525
Stephen Warren24dc2032013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004526 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4527 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4528 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4529 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4530 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4531 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4532 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4533
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004534 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4535 MMC sector boundary.
4536
4537 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4538
4539 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4540 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4541 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4542 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4543
Stephen Warren24dc2032013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004544 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4545 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4546
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004547 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4548 an MMC sector boundary.
4549
4550 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4551
4552 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4553 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4554 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4555
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004556- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004557
4558 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4559 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4560 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4561 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4562 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4563 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4564 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4565
Bruce Adleredecc942007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004566Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004567has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denk76af2782010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004568created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004569until then to read environment variables.
4570
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004571The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4572is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4573with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4574necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4575"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4576have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004577
4578Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4579the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004580use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004581
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004582- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004583 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004584
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004585 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004586 also needs to be defined.
4587
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004588- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004589 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004590
Ron Madriddfa028a2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004591- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4592 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4593 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4594 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4595 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4596 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4597
Simon Glass28a9e332012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004598- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4599 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4600 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4601 to do this.
4602
Simon Glasse8822012012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004603- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4604 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4605 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4606 present.
4607
Sascha Silbe4b9c17c2013-08-11 16:40:43 +02004608- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4609 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4610 build system checks that the actual size does not
4611 exceed it.
4612
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004613Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkc8434db2003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004614---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004615
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004616- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004617 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4618
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004619- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004620 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004621
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004622 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4623 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4624 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004625
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004626- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4627 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4628 PowerPC SOCs.
4629
4630- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4631 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4632 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4633
4634 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4635 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4636
4637- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4638 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4639 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004640 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004641 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4642 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4643 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4644
4645 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4646 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4647
4648- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004649 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4650 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004651 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4652 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4653
4654- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4655 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4656 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4657 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4658
4659- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4660 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4661 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4662
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004663- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004664 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004665
4666 the default drive number (default value 0)
4667
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004668 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004669
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004670 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004671 (default value 1)
4672
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004673 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004674
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004675 defines the offset of register from address. It
4676 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004677 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004678
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004679 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4680 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004681 default value.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004682
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004683 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004684 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4685 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4686 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4687 initializations.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004688
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004689- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4690 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4691 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4692 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4693 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4694 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4695 is requierd.
4696
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004697- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004698 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenkb3a4a702004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004699 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004700
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004701- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004702
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004703 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004704 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4705 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4706 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4707 will become available only after programming the
4708 memory controller and running certain initialization
4709 sequences.
4710
4711 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4712 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4713 - MPC824X: data cache
4714 - PPC4xx: data cache
4715
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004716- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004717
4718 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004719 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4720 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004721 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk1c2e98e2010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004722 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004723 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4724 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4725 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004726
4727 Note:
4728 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4729 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004730 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004731 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4732 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4733
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004734- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004735
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004736- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004737
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004738- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004739
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004740- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004741
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004742- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004743
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004744- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004745
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004746- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004747 SDRAM timing
4748
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004749- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004750 periodic timer for refresh
4751
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004752- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004753
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004754- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4755 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4756 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4757 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004758 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4759
4760- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004761 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4762 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004763 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4764
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004765- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4766 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004767 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4768 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4769
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004770- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004771 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4772 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4773
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004774- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherc8148ed2008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004775 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4776 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4777
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004778- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004779 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4780 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4781
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004782- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004783 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4784 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4785 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4786
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004787- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004788 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4789 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4790 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4791 cpm_8260.h.
wdenk2029f4d2002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004792
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004793- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4794 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4795 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4796 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4797 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4798 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4799 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4800 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004801 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenkbf2f8c92003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004802
Dirk Eibach378d1ca2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004803- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4804 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4805 required.
4806
Andrew Sharp61d47ca2012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004807- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4808 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4809 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4810 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4811 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4812 by coreboot or similar.
4813
Gabor Juhosb4458732013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004814- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4815 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4816
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004817- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4818 Chip has SRIO or not
4819
4820- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4821 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4822
4823- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4824 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4825
Liu Gang27afb9c2013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004826- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4827 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4828
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004829- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4830 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4831
4832- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4833 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4834
4835- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4836 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4837
Fabio Estevamf17e8782013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004838- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4839 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4840 a 16 bit bus.
4841 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevam417052b2013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004842 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevamf17e8782013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004843 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevam417052b2013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004844 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermancd6aae32011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004845
4846- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4847 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4848 a default value will be used.
4849
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004850- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004851 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4852 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4853
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004854 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4855 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4856
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004857- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004858 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4859 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4860 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004861
York Sune73cc042011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004862- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4863 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4864 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4865 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4866 header files or board specific files.
4867
York Sunbd495cf2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004868- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4869 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4870
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004871- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004872 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4873 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi054838e2006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004874
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004875- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4876 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4877
4878- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4879 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004880 to the given FEC; i. e.
4881 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004882 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4883
4884 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4885
4886- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4887 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4888 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4889
4890- CONFIG_RMII
4891 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4892 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4893 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4894
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004895- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4896 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4897 The syntax is:
4898
4899 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4900
4901 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4902 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4903 area should have.
4904
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004905- CONFIG_LOOPW
4906 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004907 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004908
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004909- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4910 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4911 "md/mw" commands.
4912 Examples:
4913
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004914 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004915 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4916
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004917 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004918 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4919
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004920 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004921 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004922
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004923- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004924 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004925 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4926 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4927 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004928
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004929 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4930 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4931 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4932 these initializations itself.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004933
Aneesh V552a3192011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004934- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Lilja1ec96d82009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004935 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4936 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4937 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk336b2bc2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004938
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004939- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4940 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4941 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4942 It is loaded by the SPL.
4943
Ying Zhang0d4f5442013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004944- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4945 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4946 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4947 previous 4k of the .text section.
4948
Simon Glass17dabf02013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004949- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4950 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4951 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4952 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4953 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4954 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4955 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4956 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4957
Matthias Weisser93416c12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004958- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4959 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4960 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4961 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4962 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4963
Simon Glassbfb59802013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004964- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4965 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4966 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Black14f82462012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004967
Mark Jackson52b003c2013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004968- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4969 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4970
4971 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black76ce2492012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004972
Heiko Schocher2233e462013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004973- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4974 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4975
Karicheri, Muralidharanc1dc61b2014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004976- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4977 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4978 driver that uses this:
4979 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4980
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004981Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4982-----------------------------------
4983
4984The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4985loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4986This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4987are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4988within that device.
4989
Zhao Qiang83a90842014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004990- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4991 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4992 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4993 is also specified.
4994
4995- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4996 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004997 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4998 is also specified.
4999
5000- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
5001 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5002 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5003 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5004 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5005
5006- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
5007 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5008 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
5009 virtual address in NOR flash.
5010
5011- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
5012 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
5013 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
5014
5015- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
5016 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
5017 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5018
5019- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
5020 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
5021 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5022
Liu Gang1e084582012-03-08 00:33:18 +00005023- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
5024 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
5025 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00005026 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
5027 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
5028 master's memory space.
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06005029
J. German Rivera8ff14b72014-06-23 15:15:55 -07005030Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
5031---------------------------------------------------------
5032The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
5033"firmware".
5034This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
5035are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
5036within that device.
5037
5038- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
5039 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
5040
5041- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
5042 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
5043 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
5044 is also specified.
5045
5046- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
5047 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5048 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5049 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5050 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5051
5052- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
5053 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5054 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
5055 virtual address in NOR flash.
5056
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005057Building the Software:
5058======================
5059
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005060Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
5061and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
5062all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
5063(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
5064recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
5065which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005066
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005067If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
5068have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
5069you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
5070Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
5071necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005072
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005073 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
5074 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005075
Peter Tyserb06976d2009-03-13 18:54:51 -05005076Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
5077 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
5078 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
5079 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
5080
5081 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
5082
5083 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
5084 be executed on computers running Windows.
5085
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005086U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
5087sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005088is done by typing:
5089
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005090 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005091
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005092where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005093rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk2f0812d2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00005094
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005095Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
5096 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
5097 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
5098 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005099 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005100
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005101 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005102 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005103
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005104 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005105 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005106
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005107 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005108
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005109
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005110Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
5111images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005112
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005113- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
5114- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
5115- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005116
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005117By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
5118in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
5119this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
5120
51211. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
5122
5123 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005124 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005125 make O=/tmp/build all
5126
Timo Ketolac8c67602014-11-06 14:39:05 +020051272. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005128
Timo Ketolac8c67602014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005129 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005130 make distclean
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005131 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005132 make all
5133
Timo Ketolac8c67602014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005134Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005135variable.
5136
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005137
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005138Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
5139for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
5140native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005142
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005143If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
5144to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
5145steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005146
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051471. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005148 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
5149 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051502. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
5151 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
5152 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
51533. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
5154 your board
51553. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
5156 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +020051574. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051585. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
5159 to be installed on your target system.
51606. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
5161 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005162
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005163
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005164Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
5165==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005166
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005167If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
5168or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005169provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
5170the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005171official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005172
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005173But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
5174cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005175the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
5176just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005177for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
5178select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
5179environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
5180you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005181
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005182 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005183
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005184or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005185
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005186 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005187
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005188When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
5189U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
5190setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
5191built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
5192<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
5193location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
5194variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005195
5196 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
5197 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
5198 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5199
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005200With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
5201log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
5202during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005203
5204
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005205See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005206
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005207
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005208Monitor Commands - Overview:
5209============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005210
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005211go - start application at address 'addr'
5212run - run commands in an environment variable
5213bootm - boot application image from memory
5214bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005215bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005216tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
5217 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
5218 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +00005219tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005220rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
5221diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
5222loads - load S-Record file over serial line
5223loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
5224md - memory display
5225mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
5226nm - memory modify (constant address)
5227mw - memory write (fill)
5228cp - memory copy
5229cmp - memory compare
5230crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05005231i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005232sspi - SPI utility commands
5233base - print or set address offset
5234printenv- print environment variables
5235setenv - set environment variables
5236saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
5237protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
5238erase - erase FLASH memory
5239flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc4baf03d2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00005240nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005241bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5242iminfo - print header information for application image
5243coninfo - print console devices and informations
5244ide - IDE sub-system
5245loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00005246loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005247mtest - simple RAM test
5248icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5249dcache - enable or disable data cache
5250reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5251echo - echo args to console
5252version - print monitor version
5253help - print online help
5254? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005255
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005256
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005257Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5258========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005259
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005260TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005261
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005262For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005263
5264
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005265Environment Variables:
5266======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005267
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005268U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5269can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005270
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005271Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5272"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5273without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5274environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5275working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5276environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005277
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005278Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5279
5280List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005281
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005282 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005283
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005284 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005285
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005286 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005287
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005288 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005289
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005290 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005291
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005292 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5293 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5294 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5295 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5296 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5297 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005298 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5299 bootm_mapsize.
5300
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005301 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005302 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5303 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5304 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5305 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5306 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5307 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005308
5309 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5310 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5311 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5312 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5313 environment variable.
5314
Bartlomiej Siekae273e9f2008-10-01 15:26:31 +02005315 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5316 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5317 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5318
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005319 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5320 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5321 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5322 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005323
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005324 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5325 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5326 be automatically started (by internally calling
5327 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005328
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005329 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5330 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5331 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5332 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5333 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005334
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005335 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5336 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guo0ca9e982012-01-09 21:54:08 +00005337 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5338 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5339 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5340 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5341 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5342 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5343 access it during the boot procedure.
5344
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005345 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5346 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5347 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5348 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5349 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5350 must be accessible by the kernel.
5351
Simon Glassdc6fa642011-10-24 19:15:34 +00005352 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5353 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5354 defined.
5355
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00005356 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5357 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5358 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5359 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5360 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5361
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005362 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5363 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5364 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5365 is usually what you want since it allows for
5366 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5367 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005368 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005369 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5370 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5371 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5372 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005373
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005374 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5375 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5376 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5377 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5378 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5379 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005380
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005381 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005382
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005383 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5384 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5385 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5386 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5387 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5388 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5389 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk3f9ab982003-04-12 23:38:12 +00005390
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005391 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005392
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005393 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5394 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005395
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005396 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005397
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005398 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk6f770ed2003-05-23 23:18:21 +00005399
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005400 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005401
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005402 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005403
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005404 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005405
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005406 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005407
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005408 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5409 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005410
Heiko Schocherc5e84052010-07-20 17:45:02 +02005411 => setenv ethact FEC
5412 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5413 => setenv ethact SCC
5414 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005415
Matthias Fuchs204f0ec2008-01-17 07:45:05 +01005416 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5417 available network interfaces.
5418 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5419
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005420 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005421 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5422 When set to "once" the network operation will
5423 fail when all the available network interfaces
5424 are tried once without success.
5425 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5426 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005427
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD1948d6c2009-01-31 09:53:39 +01005428 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDd2164ef2008-01-07 08:41:34 +01005429
Simon Glass5db3f932013-07-16 20:10:00 -07005430 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
5431 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5432 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5433 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5434 is silent.
5435
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005436 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02005437 UDP source port.
5438
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005439 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
5440 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5441
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005442 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5443 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5444
5445 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5446 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5447 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5448 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5449 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5450 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5451 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5452
5453 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005454 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005455 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005456
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005457The following image location variables contain the location of images
5458used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5459not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5460variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5461server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5462loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5463flash or offset in NAND flash.
5464
5465*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
5466boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
5467boards use these variables for other purposes.
5468
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005469Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5470----- --------- ----------- --------------
5471u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5472Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5473device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5474ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005475
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005476The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5477updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5478depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005479
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005480 bootfile - see above
5481 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5482 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5483 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5484 hostname - Target hostname
5485 ipaddr - see above
5486 netmask - Subnet Mask
5487 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5488 serverip - see above
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005489
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005490
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005491There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005492
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005493 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5494 as type string and/or serial number
5495 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005496
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005497These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5498the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5499once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005500
5501
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005502Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005503
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005504 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5505 with the "version" command. This variable is
5506 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005507
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005508
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005509Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5510only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005511
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005512
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005513Callback functions for environment variables:
5514---------------------------------------------
5515
5516For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
5517when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
5518be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5519deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5520effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5521
5522The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5523U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5524
5525These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5526static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5527in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5528associations. The list must be in the following format:
5529
5530 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5531 list = entry[,list]
5532
5533If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5534Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5535
5536Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5537with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5538override any association in the static list. You can define
5539CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
5540".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
5541
5542
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005543Command Line Parsing:
5544=====================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005545
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005546There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5547the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005548
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005549Old, simple command line parser:
5550--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005551
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005552- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5553- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005554- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005555- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5556 for example:
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005557 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005558- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5559 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005560
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005561Hush shell:
5562-----------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005563
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005564- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5565 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5566 until...do...done, ...
5567- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5568 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5569 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5570 command
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005571
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005572General rules:
5573--------------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005574
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005575(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5576 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5577 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5578 executed anyway.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005579
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005580(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005581 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005582 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5583 variables are not executed.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005584
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005585Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5586=======================================
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005587
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005588Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005589such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5590"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005591
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005592Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5593MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5594"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005595
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005596If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5597in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5598ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5599variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005600
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005601o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5602 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005603
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005604o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5605 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5606 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005607
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005608o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5609 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005610
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005611o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5612 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5613 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005614
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005615o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5616 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005617
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005618If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005619will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005620may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5621The naming convention is as follows:
5622"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005623
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005624Image Formats:
5625==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005626
Marian Balakowicz18710b82008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005627U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5628images in two formats:
5629
5630New uImage format (FIT)
5631-----------------------
5632
5633Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5634to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5635components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5636SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5637
5638
5639Old uImage format
5640-----------------
5641
5642Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5643preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5644details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005645
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005646* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5647 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyser56b8dd12008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005648 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5649 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5650 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk83c15852006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005651* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005652 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5653 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005654* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5655* Load Address
5656* Entry Point
5657* Image Name
5658* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005659
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005660The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5661and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5662CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005663
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005664
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005665Linux Support:
5666==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005667
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005668Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5669easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5670U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005671
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005672U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5673special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5674"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5675instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5676serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005677
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005678- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5679 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5680 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005681
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005682- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5683 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005684
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005685- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5686 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5687 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5688 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5689 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5690 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005691
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005692
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005693Linux HOWTO:
5694============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005695
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005696Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5697---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005698
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005699U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5700configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5701(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5702Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005703
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005704But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005705
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005706Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5707include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg47167572008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005708Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5709and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005710as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005711
Simon Glassd097e592014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005712Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5713If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5714is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5715doc/driver-model.
5716
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005717
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005718Configuring the Linux kernel:
5719-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005720
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005721No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5722device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005723
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005724
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005725Building a Linux Image:
5726-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005727
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005728With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5729not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5730"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5731U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5732which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5733100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005734
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005735Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005736
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005737 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005738 make oldconfig
5739 make dep
5740 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005741
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005742The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5743encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5744CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005745
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005746* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005747
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005748* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005749
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005750 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5751 -R .note -R .comment \
5752 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005753
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005754* compress the binary image:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005755
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005756 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005757
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005758* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005759
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005760 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5761 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5762 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005763
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005764
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005765The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5766with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5767combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5768byte header containing information about target architecture,
5769operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5770stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005771
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005772"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5773print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005774
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005775In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5776contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5777checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005778
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005779 tools/mkimage -l image
5780 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005781
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005782The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5783from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005784
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005785 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5786 -n name -d data_file image
5787 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5788 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5789 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5790 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5791 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5792 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5793 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5794 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005795
wdenkcd914452004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005796Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5797address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5798kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005799
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005800- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5801- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005802
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005803So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005804
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005805 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5806 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005807 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005808 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5809 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5810 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5811 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5812 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5813 Load Address: 0x00000000
5814 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005815
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005816To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005817
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005818 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5819 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5820 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5821 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5822 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5823 Load Address: 0x00000000
5824 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005825
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005826NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5827speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5828needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5829need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005830
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005831 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005832 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5833 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005834 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005835 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5836 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5837 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5838 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5839 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5840 Load Address: 0x00000000
5841 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005842
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005843
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005844Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5845when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005846
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005847 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5848 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5849 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5850 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5851 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5852 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5853 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5854 Load Address: 0x00000000
5855 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005856
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira51553812013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005857The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5858option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5859option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5860from the image:
5861
5862 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5863 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5864 indexed by 'position'
5865
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005866
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005867Installing a Linux Image:
5868-------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005869
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005870To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5871you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005872
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005873 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005874
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005875The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5876image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5877address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5878specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5879command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005880
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005881Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5882TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005883
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005884 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005885
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005886 .......... done
5887 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005888
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005889 => loads 40100000
5890 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5891 ~>examples/image.srec
5892 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5893 ...
5894 15989 15990 15991 15992
5895 [file transfer complete]
5896 [connected]
5897 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005898
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005899
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005900You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005901this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005902corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005903
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005904 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005905
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005906 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5907 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5908 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5909 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5910 Load Address: 00000000
5911 Entry Point: 0000000c
5912 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005913
5914
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005915Boot Linux:
5916-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005917
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005918The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5919memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5920of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5921parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5922"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005923
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005924
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005925 => printenv bootargs
5926 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005927
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005928 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005929
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005930 => printenv bootargs
5931 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005932
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005933 => bootm 40020000
5934 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5935 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5936 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5937 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5938 Load Address: 00000000
5939 Entry Point: 0000000c
5940 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5941 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5942 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5943 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5944 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5945 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5946 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5947 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005948
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005949If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005950the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5951format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005952
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005953 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005954
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005955 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5956 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5957 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5958 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5959 Load Address: 00000000
5960 Entry Point: 0000000c
5961 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005962
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005963 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5964 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5965 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5966 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5967 Load Address: 00000000
5968 Entry Point: 00000000
5969 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005970
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005971 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5972 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5973 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5974 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5975 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5976 Load Address: 00000000
5977 Entry Point: 0000000c
5978 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5979 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5980 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5981 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5982 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5983 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5984 Load Address: 00000000
5985 Entry Point: 00000000
5986 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5987 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5988 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5989 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5990 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5991 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5992 ...
5993 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5994 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005995
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005996 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005997
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005998Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5999-----------
6000
6001First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
6002titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
6003following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
6004flat device tree:
6005
6006=> print oftaddr
6007oftaddr=0x300000
6008=> print oft
6009oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
6010=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
6011Speed: 1000, full duplex
6012Using TSEC0 device
6013TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
6014Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
6015Load address: 0x300000
6016Loading: #
6017done
6018Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
6019=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
6020Speed: 1000, full duplex
6021Using TSEC0 device
6022TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
6023Filename 'uImage'.
6024Load address: 0x200000
6025Loading:############
6026done
6027Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
6028=> print loadaddr
6029loadaddr=200000
6030=> print oftaddr
6031oftaddr=0x300000
6032=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
6033## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01006034 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
6035 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6036 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006037 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01006038 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006039 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6040 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6041Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
6042Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
6043Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
6044[snip]
6045
6046
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006047More About U-Boot Image Types:
6048------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006049
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006050U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006051
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006052 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
6053 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
6054 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
6055 the Standalone Program.
6056 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
6057 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
6058 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
6059 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
6060 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
6061 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
6062 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
6063 being started.
6064 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
6065 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
6066 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
6067 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
6068 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
6069 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006070
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006071 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
6072 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
6073 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
6074 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
6075 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
6076 a multiple of 4 bytes).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006077
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006078 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
6079 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
6080 flash memory.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006081
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006082 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
6083 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
6084 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
6085 as command interpreter.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006086
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00006087Booting the Linux zImage:
6088-------------------------
6089
6090On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
6091using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
6092as the syntax of "bootm" command.
6093
Tom Rini45f46d12013-05-16 11:40:11 -04006094Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut28850d02012-03-18 11:47:58 +00006095kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
6096address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
6097format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
6098
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006099
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006100Standalone HOWTO:
6101=================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006102
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006103One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
6104run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
6105U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006106
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006107Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006108
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006109"Hello World" Demo:
6110-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006111
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006112'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
6113application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
6114It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
6115like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006116
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006117 => loads
6118 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6119 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
6120 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6121 [file transfer complete]
6122 [connected]
6123 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006124
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006125 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
6126 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6127 Hello World
6128 argc = 7
6129 argv[0] = "40004"
6130 argv[1] = "Hello"
6131 argv[2] = "World!"
6132 argv[3] = "This"
6133 argv[4] = "is"
6134 argv[5] = "a"
6135 argv[6] = "test."
6136 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
6137 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006138
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006139 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006140
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006141Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
6142handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
6143Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
6144The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
6145character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
6146controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006147
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006148 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
6149 b - enable interrupts and start timer
6150 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
6151 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006152
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006153 => loads
6154 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6155 ~>examples/timer.srec
6156 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6157 [file transfer complete]
6158 [connected]
6159 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006160
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006161 => go 40004
6162 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6163 TIMERS=0xfff00980
6164 Using timer 1
6165 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006166
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006167Hit 'b':
6168 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
6169 Enabling timer
6170Hit '?':
6171 [q, b, e, ?] ........
6172 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
6173Hit '?':
6174 [q, b, e, ?] .
6175 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
6176Hit '?':
6177 [q, b, e, ?] .
6178 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
6179Hit '?':
6180 [q, b, e, ?] .
6181 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
6182Hit 'e':
6183 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
6184Hit 'q':
6185 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006186
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006187
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006188Minicom warning:
6189================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006190
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006191Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
6192"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
6193consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
6194Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
6195especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pinca0189bb2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00006196use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
6197http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
6198for help with kermit.
6199
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006200
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006201Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
6202configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006203
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006204 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
6205 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
6206 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006207
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006208
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006209NetBSD Notes:
6210=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006211
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006212Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
6213(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006214
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006215Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
6216NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
6217need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
6218Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
6219attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
6220missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006221
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006222 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
6223 # mkdir powerpc
6224 # ln -s powerpc machine
6225 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
6226 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006227
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006228Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
6229and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006230
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006231Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
6232stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
6233proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
6234tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenkd0245fc2005-04-13 10:02:42 +00006235meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006236
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006237
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006238Implementation Internals:
6239=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006240
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006241The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6242implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6243inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6244hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006246
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006247Initial Stack, Global Data:
6248---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006249
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006250The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6251starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6252system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6253This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6254is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6255at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6256options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6257models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6258MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6259locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006260
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006261 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006262 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006263
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006264 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6265 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6266 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6267 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006268
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006269 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6270 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6271 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6272 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6273 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006274 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006275 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6276 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006277
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006278 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6279 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006280 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006281 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6282 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6283 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6284 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006285
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006286 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006287 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6288 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese3e1f1b32005-08-01 16:49:12 +02006289 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006290 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6291 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6292 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6293 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6294 you get the config right.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006295
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006296 -Chris Hallinan
6297 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006298
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006299It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6300code for the initialization procedures:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006301
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006302* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6303 to write it.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006304
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006305* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006306 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6307 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006308
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006309* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6310 that.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006311
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006312Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
6313normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
6314turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6315simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6316functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6317functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6318the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6319place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6320reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006321
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006322When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6323relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6324GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006325
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006326For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6327 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006328 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006329 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6330 R5-R10: parameter passing
6331 R13: small data area pointer
6332 R30: GOT pointer
6333 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006334
Joakim Tjernlund693c0c12010-01-19 14:41:58 +01006335 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6336 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6337 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006338
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006339 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006340
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006341 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6342 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6343 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6344 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6345 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6346 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006347
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006348On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006349 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6350
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006351 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006352
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006353On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006354
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006355 R0: function argument word/integer result
6356 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofsteea556aca2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006357 R9: platform specific
6358 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006359 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6360 R12: temporary workspace
6361 R13: stack pointer
6362 R14: link register
6363 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006364
Jeroen Hofsteea556aca2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006365 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6366
6367 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006368
Thomas Chou8fa38582010-05-21 11:08:03 +08006369On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6370 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6371
6372 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6373
6374 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6375 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6376
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00006377On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6378
6379 R0-R1: argument/return
6380 R2-R5: argument
6381 R15: temporary register for assembler
6382 R16: trampoline register
6383 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6384 R29: global pointer (GP)
6385 R30: link register (LP)
6386 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6387 PC: program counter (PC)
6388
6389 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6390
Wolfgang Denk6405a152006-03-31 18:32:53 +02006391NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6392or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006393
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006394Memory Management:
6395------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006396
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006397U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6398MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006399
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006400The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6401controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6402memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6403physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006404
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006405U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6406TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6407booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6408to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006409memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006410configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6411Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006412
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006413Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6414of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006415
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006416So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6417this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006418
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006419 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6420 :
6421 0x0000 1FFF
6422 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6423 :
6424 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006425
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006426 :
6427 :
6428 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6429 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6430 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6431 :
6432 0x00FD FFFF
6433 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6434 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6435 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6436 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006437
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006438
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006439System Initialization:
6440----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006441
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006442In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006443(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006444configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
6445To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6446To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6447initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6448which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6449part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6450the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006451
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006452Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6453preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6454(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6455on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6456programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6457simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6458banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006459
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006460When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6461different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6462bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
64630x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6464contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006465
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006466Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6467and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6468Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6469pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006470
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006471Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6472until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6473running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6474new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006475
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006476
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006477U-Boot Porting Guide:
6478----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006479
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006480[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6481list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006482
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006483
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006484int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006485{
6486 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006487
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006488 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6489 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006490
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006491 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006492 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006493 return 0;
6494 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006495
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006496 Download latest U-Boot source;
wdenk34b613e2002-12-17 01:51:00 +00006497
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006498 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006499
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006500 if (clueless)
6501 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006502
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006503 while (learning) {
6504 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006505 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6506 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006507 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006508 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006509 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006510
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006511 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6512 Buy a BDI3000;
6513 else
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006514 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006515
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006516 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6517 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6518 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6519 } else {
6520 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6521 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
6522 }
6523 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6524 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006525
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006526 while (!accepted) {
6527 while (!running) {
6528 do {
6529 Add / modify source code;
6530 } until (compiles);
6531 Debug;
6532 if (clueless)
6533 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6534 }
6535 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6536 if (reasonable critiques)
6537 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6538 else
6539 Defend code as written;
wdenk634d2f72004-04-15 23:14:49 +00006540 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006541
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006542 return 0;
6543}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006544
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006545void no_more_time (int sig)
6546{
6547 hire_a_guru();
6548}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006549
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006550
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006551Coding Standards:
6552-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006553
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006554All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006555coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006556"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006557
6558Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6559MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
6560reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
6561sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006562
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006563Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6564Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6565in your code.
wdenkad276f22004-01-04 16:28:35 +00006566
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006567Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6568- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006569- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006570- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006571- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006572- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006573
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006574Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6575with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006576
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006577
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006578Submitting Patches:
6579-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006580
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006581Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6582establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6583may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006584
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006585Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006586
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006587Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6588see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6589
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006590When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6591it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006592
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006593* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6594 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6595 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006596
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006597* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6598 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006599
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006600* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006601
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006602* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006603
Albert ARIBAUD48e910f2013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006604* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6605 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006606
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006607* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6608 document these in the README file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006609
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006610* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6611 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006612 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006613 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6614 with some other mail clients.
wdenkca9bc762003-07-15 07:45:49 +00006615
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006616 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6617 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6618 GNU diff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006619
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006620 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6621 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6622 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6623 affected files).
6624
6625 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6626 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006627
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006628* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6629 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00006630
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006631* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6632 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006633
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006634
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006635Notes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006636
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006637* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6638 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6639 for any of the boards.
6640
6641* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6642 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6643 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006644
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006645* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6646 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6647 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6648 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6649 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6650 modification.
wdenkcbc49a52005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006651
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006652* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6653 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6654 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6655 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.